Advanced Drill & Play with Coach AlexAdvanced Drill and Play with Coach Alex
Note: Coach Van will be hosting the session this week
A session designed for high-level players looking to improve their game. The first hour of each session is a focused coached drilling session on 1–2 specific shots or skills — such as 3rd-shot drops, counters, or flicks — grouped by level for competitive reps. The second hour is focused open play to put those skills into action. Sign up solo or with your partner.
Max players per court: 5
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening. You will not be charged and will receive a notice of the cancellation via email
Kids Camp Ages 10-14Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 10-14)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Kids Camp Ages 6-9Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 6–9)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Emerg Adv Open PlayOpen Play Format:
Team closest to the back or side wall serves first
Play straight to 11 points (no win by 2 points)
Winners stay and split
Winners rotate out after 2 wins
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.c
Drill and Play with the Pro (Intermediate to High Intermediate)Join our Play with the Pro session for a thrilling experience on the court! Team up with our expert pickleball pros, receive personalized tips, and enjoy exciting gameplay. Perfect for improving your skills while having a blast. Don't miss this unique opportunity to elevate your game!
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming/court rentals/private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
On cancellations over 24 hours in advance, players will not be charged; players will receive a club credit if they paid already.
Should a cancellation occur within the 24 hour period, no credit or refund will be issued
There are no exceptions to the cancellation policy, including due to illness, injury, number of players on the wait list, or any other reason.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Summer Camp Week 6 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Hit the Smart Shot- IntermediateThis clinic is designed to help players stop forcing shots and start playing smarter pickleball. Learn how to choose the right shot at the right time to gain control of the point and reduce unforced errors.
We’ll focus on:
Shot selection and decision-making
When to reset vs. attack
High-percentage shots that win points
Court positioning and anticipation
Playing to your opponent’s weaknesses
Through guided drills and live point play, you’ll learn how to slow the game down, stay patient, and build points with purpose. Perfect for players looking to improve consistency, strategy, and confidence on the court.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | TuesdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Tuesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 14
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Play with the Pro with Anthony Ursino (Intermediate)Join our Play with the Pro session for a thrilling experience on the court! Team up with our expert pickleball pros, receive personalized tips, and enjoy exciting gameplay. Perfect for improving your skills while having a blast. Don't miss this unique opportunity to elevate your game!
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming/court rentals/private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
On cancellations over 24 hours in advance, players will not be charged; players will receive a club credit if they paid already.
Should a cancellation occur within the 24 hour period, no credit or refund will be issued
There are no exceptions to the cancellation policy, including due to illness, injury, number of players on the wait list, or any other reason.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Intermediate Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intermediate Clinic is geared towards players who have mastered the fundamentals and are looking to take their game to the next level.
You’ll work on court positioning, strategy, skill development, and teamwork.
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Price: $20
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. No-shows or cancellations within 24 hours are subject to a
Pickleball 101 | Beginner ClassPickleball 101 | Beginner Class
Members $56 | Non-Members $70 View full member benefits here.
📖 Program Overview
Everyone starts somewhere. We'll help you get there.
New to pickleball? Pickleball 101 is the perfect place to start. In this coach-led class, you'll learn the fundamentals of the game, including scoring, rules, court positioning, serves, returns, and rallying. By the end of class, you'll have the confidence to continue learning through Beginner Open Play and future classes.
👥 Class Format
Every class is 90 minutes and is limited to 4 students, maintaining a maximum 4:1 student-to-coach ratio. This small group format allows for personalized coaching, plenty of repetitions, and individual feedback throughout the session.
Classes include a mix of coach-led instruction, skill-building drills, live-ball exercises, and guided gameplay to help you apply what you learn in realistic game situations.
If only one student is enrolled, the class will still run as a 60-minute private lesson with the instructor at no additional cost.
🔍 Who This Is For
This class is best suited for players who:
Are brand new to pickleball or have only played a few times
Are still learning the rules, scoring, and court positioning
Want hands-on coaching in a supportive environment
Are looking to build confidence before joining Beginner Open Play
🎒 What to Bring
Athletic clothing and clean court shoes
Your paddle (or rent one for $6)
Water bottle (refill station available)
Positive attitude and competitive spirit
💸 Cancellation & Refund Policy
Cancel 24+ hours in advance for a full refund in account credit (minus processing fees)
Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable
If PKLYN cancels, you'll receive a full refund to your original payment method within 3–5 business days
All other refunds are issued as account credit
⏳ Full? Join the Waitlist
If this session is full, join the waitlist. It helps us gauge demand so we can add courts whenever possible.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Fast Hands & Reaction Time ClinicFast Hands & Reaction Time Clinic
Ready to speed up your game? This clinic is designed to help players develop quicker hands, faster reactions, and greater confidence during fast-paced exchanges at the kitchen line. Through a series of drills and live-play situations, players will work on hand speed, reflexes, blocking, countering, and staying ready for rapid-fire volleys. Whether you're looking to win more hand battles or improve your ability to react under pressure, this clinic will help you become a quicker and more effective player at the net.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateThis 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | TuesdaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Tuesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 14
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
4 Week Clinic for BeginnersThis 4-week clinic series is for Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
If you are a Beginner who doesn’t know the rules yet, please join one of our Intro to Pickleball clinics!
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Positioning - Ensuring you are positioned correctly to make proper contact with the ball.
Split Stepping - Stabilizing yourself before the shot.
Drives - How to hit the ball deep with more consistency, on your serves and in rallies.
Forehand Dinks - how to keep the ball in play at the kitchen line
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot make a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event
Partner Rally 15 Open Play
Partner Rally 15 Open Play Format:
Register with a partner or a partner will be drawn for you
HC Rally Scoring (straight to 15 / no serve to win)
Regular Open Play 2 off 2 on
Winners stay for 2 games
NOTE: The 4.0 50+ Team may be practicing during this session
Intro to Pickleball with Coach SzeIntro to Pickleball
$40
*GREENPOINT RESIDENTS PLAY FREE WITH VALID ID*
Session will be refunded as club credit for Greenpoint residents
Share This Event Link To Friends And Join Together: https://app.courtreserve.com/Online/Events/Public/17550/2124319
Description
Curious about pickleball? This small group, beginner-friendly clinic is the perfect place to start. Led by Coach Sze, this introductory session is designed for players with little to no pickleball experience and provides a fun, supportive environment to learn the fundamentals of the fastest-growing sport in the country.
Players will be introduced to the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, and essential shots needed to start playing with confidence. No prior experience is required.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed specifically for brand-new players and beginners. If you've never played pickleball before, have only played a few times, or are looking for a structured introduction to the game, this session is for you.
No pickleball experience is necessary, and all questions are welcome.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring demonstrations, skill-building drills, and guided gameplay.
* Coach Lynn will introduce the core fundamentals of pickleball.
* Learn serving, returning, dinking, volleying, scoring, and court positioning.
* Participate in skill-building drills designed for beginners.
* Practice each skill before applying it in beginner-friendly games.
* Receive instruction, feedback, and guidance throughout the session.
* Paddles will be provided for all participants.
Simply show up ready to learn, improve, and have fun.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear and clean court shoes. Paddles and balls will be provided for this session. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Clinic - DUPR Assessment Workshop with Coach VanClinic - DUPR Assessment Workshop with Coach Van
Max number of players: 6
This is a special clinic for players who who do not yet have a DUPR rating and wish to receive a provisional rating from a certified DUPR coach.
During this session, you will spend 2 hours playing in a round robin format using traditional scoring. Coach Van will be assessing your skills and strategic approach to the game throughout the entire session.
After the clinic has concluded, Van will document your performance. Assuming you do not already have a rating, you will be assigned a provisional DUPR rating within the DUPR app. You will receive an email from Coach Van with the details of the assessment.
Prior to coming to the session, please download the My DUPR Coach App using Coach’s Van’s unique link.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: The clinic will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first cla
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Women's Collective Community Drill & PlayWomen’s Collective Community Drill & Play
Join the Gotham Women's Collective for a community-led session designed to help you build your game through practice & play.Each session is hosted by a Women's Collective Ambassador who will introduce a featured drill and guide the flow of the session. While this is not an instructional clinic, our host will introduce the drill, facilitate partner rotations, and foster a fun, supportive environment where players can learn from one another.The first hour is dedicated to drilling with rotating partners, giving everyone the opportunity to focus on a specific skill through repetition. The second hour transitions into organized gameplay, where you can apply what you've worked on in friendly, competitive matches.
Players who sign up for Open Play are expected to know the rules of pickleball. If you are new to pickleball, please attend an Intro to Pickleball Clinic before coming to an Open Play event.
Max players per court: 5
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening.
Women's Collective Community Drill & PlayWomen’s Collective Community Drill & Play
Join the Gotham Women's Collective for a community-led session designed to help you build your game through practice & play.Each session is hosted by a Women's Collective Ambassador who will introduce a featured drill and guide the flow of the session. While this is not an instructional clinic, our host will introduce the drill, facilitate partner rotations, and foster a fun, supportive environment where players can learn from one another.The first hour is dedicated to drilling with rotating partners, giving everyone the opportunity to focus on a specific skill through repetition. The second hour transitions into organized gameplay, where you can apply what you've worked on in friendly, competitive matches.
Players who sign up for Open Play are expected to know the rules of pickleball. If you are new to pickleball, please attend an Intro to Pickleball Clinic before coming to an Open Play event.
Max players per court: 5
Summer Camp Week 6 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
4 Week Advanced Beginners ClinicThis 4-week clinic series is for Advanced Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1. How to forehand/backhand dink
Week 2. How to hit a 3rd shot drop/drive
Week 3. How to volly back and forth.
Week 4. Blocking the 3rd shot drive and countering when in hands battles
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot make a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund
Play with the Pro with Pam Friedman (Intermediate)Join our Play with the Pro session for a thrilling experience on the court! Team up with our expert pickleball pros, receive personalized tips, and enjoy exciting gameplay. Perfect for improving your skills while having a blast. Don't miss this unique opportunity to elevate your game!
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming/court rentals/private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
On cancellations over 24 hours in advance, players will not be charged; players will receive a club credit if they paid already.
Should a cancellation occur within the 24 hour period, no credit or refund will be issued
There are no exceptions to the cancellation policy, including due to illness, injury, number of players on the wait list, or any other reason.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Fast Drills – Intermediate to High IntermediateFast Drills – High-Energy Pickleball Training
Fast Drills is a high-energy workout that blends the excitement of Live Ball with the pace of Cardio Pickleball.
Designed for players who want less instruction and more action, this program keeps you moving with continuous play, rapid rotations, and high-volume reps to sharpen your reactions, footwork, and consistency.
Expect an intense, fast-paced session that will leave you sweating, smiling, and ready for your next match.
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations more than 24 hours ahead will not be charged; if already paid, players will receive a club credit.
Cancellations within 24 hours will receive no credit or refund.
There are no exceptions to this policy, including illness, injury, wait list status, or any other reason.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Summer Camp Week 6 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Kids Camp Ages 10-14Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 10-14)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Kids Camp Ages 6-9Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 6–9)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Emerg Adv Open PlayOpen Play Format:
Team closest to the back or side wall serves first
Play straight to 11 points (no win by 2 points)
Winners stay and split
Winners rotate out after 2 wins
Play with the Pro with Igor Silva (High Intermediate)Join our Play with the Pro session for a thrilling experience on the court! Team up with our expert pickleball pros, receive personalized tips, and enjoy exciting gameplay. Perfect for improving your skills while having a blast. Don't miss this unique opportunity to elevate your game!
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming/court rentals/private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
On cancellations over 24 hours in advance, players will not be charged; players will receive a club credit if they paid already.
Should a cancellation occur within the 24 hour period, no credit or refund will be issued
There are no exceptions to the cancellation policy, including due to illness, injury, number of players on the wait list, or any other reason.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Play with the Pro with Chuck (Intermediate)Join our Play with the Pro session for a thrilling experience on the court! Team up with our expert pickleball pros, receive personalized tips, and enjoy exciting gameplay. Perfect for improving your skills while having a blast. Don't miss this unique opportunity to elevate your game!
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming/court rentals/private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
On cancellations over 24 hours in advance, players will not be charged; players will receive a club credit if they paid already.
Should a cancellation occur within the 24 hour period, no credit or refund will be issued
There are no exceptions to the cancellation policy, including due to illness, injury, number of players on the wait list, or any other reason.
A full list of our policies including the Cancellation Policy can be found here: https://thepickleballclubnj.com/policies/
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | WednesdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Wednesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 15
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Pickleball MasterClass (Intermediate to High Intermediate)Pickleball MasterClass — 90 Minutes to Elevate Your Game
Take your skills to the next level with our 90-minute Pickleball MasterClass, designed for intermediate to high intermediate players. You’ll spend 60 minutes focused on game strategy, smart shot selection, and targeted skill development, followed by 30 minutes of live play to put your new tools into action.
Perfect for fine-tuning techniques, improving decision-making, and boosting your overall performance on the court.
* Courts are going to be separated by levels.
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming/court rentals/private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
On cancellations over 24 hours in advance, players will not be charged; players will receive a club credit if they paid already.
Should a cancellation occur within the 24 hour period, no credit or refund will be issued
There are no exceptions to the cancellation policy, including due to illness, injury, number of players on the wait list, or any other reason.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | WednesdaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Wednesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 15
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Open Play with a Pro with ClaudioThis Open Play with a Pro features a structured open play format with matches organized throughout the session. Players will rotate onto the court with the instructor, either as a partner or opponent, allowing them to receive immediate feedback, strategy tips, and coaching in a live-game environment.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Intro to Pickleball - FREEcFree "Intro to Pickleball" Session
New to pickleball? Curious about PickleRage? Join us for a fun and friendly Free "Intro to Pickleball" session!
Designed for beginners, this class covers the basics: rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning, followed by guided play so you can jump right into the action. Let our instructors introduce you to the fastest-growing sport in the country at our new state-of-the art facility. Paddles and balls provided. Just bring your energy! Best of all, it's FREE for both members and non-members!
900 North Ave, Plainfield, NJ 07062, United States
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Advanced Intermediate / Advanced levels (3.7-4.2)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Mid-court Resets and Roll Volleys
This session will be dedicated to learning how to handle shots coming towards your feet in the mid-court, as well as how to effectively apply pressure when your opponents hit drop shots to you.
2. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to handle one coming at you.
3. Drop Shots and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line while maintaining potential to apply pressure during transition
4. Dinking and Cross Court Dinking
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate an effective attack on your opponents.
Fast Hands & Reaction Time ClinicFast Hands & Reaction Time Clinic
Ready to speed up your game? This clinic is designed to help players develop quicker hands, faster reactions, and greater confidence during fast-paced exchanges at the kitchen line. Through a series of drills and live-play situations, players will work on hand speed, reflexes, blocking, countering, and staying ready for rapid-fire volleys. Whether you're looking to win more hand battles or improve your ability to react under pressure, this clinic will help you become a quicker and more effective player at the net.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Women's Collective 101 ClinicWomen’s Collective 101 | Foundation Series
Suggested Rating: 2.0 – 2.49 or Non-Rated
Designed for new players who are learning the basics of pickleball and want to build confidence through consistent contact, simple movement patterns, and early rally skills. The Foundation Series introduces core techniques and court awareness to help players feel more comfortable sustaining short rallies and understanding how points develop.
Session Format (2 Hours):
Fundamental Skills: Introduction to core strokes such as volleys, dinks, serves, and basic groundstrokes
**Paddle Readiness + Footwork:**Split step, paddle-ready habits, and movement toward the NVZ
**Rally Building:**Learning how to keep the ball in play through controlled exchanges
**Guided Drills + Live Play:**Applying skills through simple rally patterns and coached gameplay
Skill Themes May Include:
NVZ awareness and introductory block volleys
Dinks and short rally control
Serve fundamentals and basic forehand/backhand contact
Simple two-shot patterns such as serve → third shot in play or return → move forward
Ideal for players who want to develop confidence moving near the NVZ and can sustain short rallies with similar players.
Max players per court: 4
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 48 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 48 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening. You will
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | WednesdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Wednesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 15
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
SUM26 NTC Night Lights (Rally) - WED 5:30PDrill of the week
Organized round robin play
2-3 competitive rotations each week.
Compete and beat an NTC Pro
Eligible ratings: NTC Rally
Open Play- Intermediate (3.0+)
Get ready for fun with our Open Play event, designed for intermediate players! In this exciting format, each game lasts 12 minutes. Supervised by one of our Instructors.
It’s a great way to challenge yourself, improve your game, and meet other players in a fun and dynamic environment!
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cancellation policy- cancelling within 24 hours for any reason will still result in you being charged for you reservation, program, and/or private lesson
Regardless of open courts, you may not start early, stay late, or play on adjacent courts without paying
Do not bring food, gum, or drinks on to the courts
For Premium Members:
You will receive 2 punches on the 1st of every month.
1 punch = Open Play
2 punches = Round Robin or Friday Night Open Play
Punches are for the member only and cannot be transferred.
The front desk will automatically use your punches unless you request to pay by credit card.
Our Cancellation/No-Show Policy remains in effect. If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, or do not show up, you will be charged the full program fee.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Partner Rally 15 Open PlayPartner Rally 15 Open Play Format:
Register with a partner or a partner will be drawn for you
HC Rally Scoring (straight to 15 / no serve to win)
Regular Open Play 2 off 2 on
Winners stay for 2 games
NOTE: The 4.0 50+ Team may be practicing during this session
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Summer Camp Week 6 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | ThursdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Thursdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 16
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Pickleball for Parkinson's (Player Registration)Pickleball for Parkinson’s (Player Registration)
Gotham Pickleball is now offering Pickleball for Parkinson's, a free program designed to bring the joy and benefits of pickleball to Parkinson’s patients.
The program was developed with input from players with Parkinson’s and experts in the field. Players with Parkinson’s are welcome to attend and to bring a guest.
Designed for beginners and more experienced players, participants will warm-up, stretch, drill, receive coaching, and play games.
Participants will find a supportive community of other players with Parkinson’s, as well as volunteers and allies.
The program will be led by Coach Terence Degnan, with support from other coaches and volunteers.
Paddles and balls will be available for use at no charge.
Volunteers are needed to help support players during game settings. Please sign up using the volunteers’ registration link.
Pickleball MasterClass (Intermediate to High Intermediate)Pickleball MasterClass — 90 Minutes to Elevate Your Game
Take your skills to the next level with our 90-minute Pickleball MasterClass, designed for intermediate to high intermediate players. You’ll spend 60 minutes focused on game strategy, smart shot selection, and targeted skill development, followed by 30 minutes of live play to put your new tools into action.
Perfect for fine-tuning techniques, improving decision-making, and boosting your overall performance on the court.
* Courts are going to be separated by levels.
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming/court rentals/private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
On cancellations over 24 hours in advance, players will not be charged; players will receive a club credit if they paid already.
Should a cancellation occur within the 24 hour period, no credit or refund will be issued
There are no exceptions to the cancellation policy, including due to illness, injury, number of players on the wait list, or any other reason.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Summer Camp Week 6 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Kids Camp Ages 10-14Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 10-14)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Kids Camp Ages 6-9Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 6–9)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | ThursdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Thursdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 16
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Play with the Pro with Chuck (Intermediate)Join our Play with the Pro session for a thrilling experience on the court! Team up with our expert pickleball pros, receive personalized tips, and enjoy exciting gameplay. Perfect for improving your skills while having a blast. Don't miss this unique opportunity to elevate your game!
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming/court rentals/private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
On cancellations over 24 hours in advance, players will not be charged; players will receive a club credit if they paid already.
Should a cancellation occur within the 24 hour period, no credit or refund will be issued
There are no exceptions to the cancellation policy, including due to illness, injury, number of players on the wait list, or any other reason.
A full list of our policies including the Cancellation Policy can be found here: https://thepickleballclubnj.com/policies/
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Play with the Pro with Glenn (High Intermediate)Join our Play with the Pro session for a thrilling experience on the court! Team up with our expert pickleball pros, receive personalized tips, and enjoy exciting gameplay. Perfect for improving your skills while having a blast. Don't miss this unique opportunity to elevate your game!
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming/court rentals/private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
On cancellations over 24 hours in advance, players will not be charged; players will receive a club credit if they paid already.
Should a cancellation occur within the 24 hour period, no credit or refund will be issued
There are no exceptions to the cancellation policy, including due to illness, injury, number of players on the wait list, or any other reason.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Play with the Pro with Claudio (Intermediate)Join our Play with the Pro session for a thrilling experience on the court! Team up with our expert pickleball pros, receive personalized tips, and enjoy exciting gameplay. Perfect for improving your skills while having a blast. Don't miss this unique opportunity to elevate your game!
Cancellation Policy:
Registration for all programming/court rentals/private lessons can be canceled no less than 24 hours in advance.
On cancellations over 24 hours in advance, players will not be charged; players will receive a club credit if they paid already.
Should a cancellation occur within the 24 hour period, no credit or refund will be issued
There are no exceptions to the cancellation policy, including due to illness, injury, number of players on the wait list, or any other reason.
4 Farrington Blvd, Monroe Township, NJ, 08831, USA
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Advanced Intermediate / Advanced levels (3.7-4.2)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Mid-court Resets and Roll Volleys
This session will be dedicated to learning how to handle shots coming towards your feet in the mid-court, as well as how to effectively apply pressure when your opponents hit drop shots to you.
2. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to handle one coming at you.
3. Drop Shots and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line while maintaining potential to apply pressure during transition
4. Dinking and Cross Court Dinking
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate an effective attack on your opponents.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateThis 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Guided Drills with Coach AmandaGuided Drills with Coach Amanda
This Drill session is targeted at Intermediate level players who want to take their game to the next level.
Players will spend the hour focusing on shot specific drills (e.g., dinks, drops, volleys, drives, etc.) guided by Coach Amanda.
Amanda will pair up and rotate players based on skill level.
Players may register with a specific drill partner and choose to not rotate if desired.
Max players per court: 4
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening
4 Week Clinic for BeginnersThis 4-week clinic series is for Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
If you are a Beginner who doesn’t know the rules yet, please join one of our Intro to Pickleball clinics!
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Positioning - Ensuring you are positioned correctly to make proper contact with the ball.
Split Stepping - Stabilizing yourself before the shot.
Drives - How to hit the ball deep with more consistency, on your serves and in rallies.
Forehand Dinks - how to keep the ball in play at the kitchen line
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | ThursdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Thursdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 16
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Ready, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach SzeReady, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach Sze
Members $48 | Non-Members $60
Description
Join Coach Sze for a small-group clinic designed for newer players who are starting to feel comfortable with the basics and are ready to level up their game. This session focuses on practical skills, simple strategy improvements, and key habits that help beginners transition into more confident, consistent players.
Players will receive hands-on guidance, live feedback, and targeted instruction to help improve shot execution, court awareness, and overall decision-making.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for advanced beginners who already understand the basic rules of pickleball and have some experience playing full games.
You should be comfortable with scoring and able to sustain short rallies. This session is ideal if you're ready to move beyond just “getting the ball in” and start learning how to play with more control, intention, and consistency.
If you are brand new to pickleball, a beginner intro clinic may be a better starting point.
How Games Run
* Small-group clinic format led by Coach Sze.
* Focus on drills, live-ball repetition, and guided gameplay.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on improving core skills such as dinking, serving consistency, return of serve, and basic positioning.
* Coach Sze will provide real-time corrections, tips, and simple tactical guidance throughout the session.
* Players will rotate frequently through drill stations and point-play scenarios.
This is a development-focused session designed to build confidence and reinforce strong fundamentals through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 6 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | FridaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Kids Camp Ages 10-14Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 10-14)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Kids Camp Ages 6-9Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 6–9)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Summer Camp Week 6 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Clinic - Intro to PickleballIntroduction to Pickleball
This Intro to Pickleball Clinic will cover the rules and basic principles of Pickleball, such as scoring, serving, return of serve, court positioning, dinking, and volleying. The final half hour of the clinic will be used to play supervised games.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
There will be a 4 to 1 player to coach ratio (or less) for this clinic.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: Clinic will run
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | FridaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Intermediate Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intermediate Clinic is geared towards players who have mastered the fundamentals and are looking to take their game to the next level.
You’ll work on court positioning, strategy, skill development, and teamwork.
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Price: $20
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. No-shows or cancellations within 24 hours are subject to a
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | FridaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | FridaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | FridaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Tune-up Series with Coach VanTune-Up Series with Coach Van (3 weeks, 2.75+)
Note: we recommend signing up for this series with a partner. If you do not have a partner but are interested in the series, please email [email protected] and we will help you find someone.
Control the Rally | Point ConstructionBuild a better understanding of how to control points with intention.This 3-session Tune-Up combines drilling + guided play to help players connect shots, recognize patterns, and make better decisions during real gameplay.Players will work through all areas of the court:
Baseline control
Transition (mid court)
Net play and finishing
The series introduces simple concepts like Serve + 1 and Return + 1, helping players understand how one shot sets up the next. Led by Coach Van, this approach draws from a tennis background to simplify point construction and help players better understand cause and effect during rallies.
Who This Is For
Fixed partners with DUPR 2.75–3.5
Players looking to improve rally awareness and decision-making
Players with consistent fundamentals, tennis background, and good mobility
Players ready to move beyond isolated drills and learn how to build points in real play (edited)
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
Queer Pickle Open PlayJoin us for our Queer Pickleball Open Play!
Designed to welcome players of all levels, Queer Pickleball will be a social open play, with opportunities to mingle, chat, and play with a variety of players. This Open Play will be hosted to facilitate the rotation and a positive court experience.
Program Details:
Attendance will be capped at 8:1 player to court ratio
Games played first to 11 or capped at 15 minutes
Court shoes required
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. No-shows or cancellations within 24 hours are subject to a full charge.
Low Sign Up Cancel: Open Play sessions may be cancelled up to 3 hours prior if there are not at least four (4) sign ups. You will not be charged and will be notified of the cancellation.
7/11 Drills By Sahana | 3.5+7/11
Members FREE | Non-Members $20
Description
Join Player Advisor Sahana for a focused skill-building session featuring 7/11 drills and other targeted training exercises designed to improve specific areas of your pickleball game. This session blends structured repetition with live-ball scenarios to help players build consistency, improve decision-making, and strengthen key technical skills.
Each session will emphasize intentional practice through high-rep drills and situational play, giving players clear feedback points and actionable improvements they can take into match play.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players at a 3.0+ skill level who are comfortable with basic pickleball fundamentals and are ready to refine technique, improve shot quality, and develop more consistent execution under pressure.
Players should be familiar with scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, and returns.
How Games Run
* Skill-focused drill session led by Player Advisor Sahana.
* Rotating drills and additional targeted skill exercises.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on repetition, controlled practice, and situational live-ball scenarios.
* Players will rotate frequently to maximize reps and feedback opportunities.
This session is designed to help players build consistency and translate skills into match play.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Drop into Coach Martin’s Office Hours for a focused beginner drill session designed to help players sharpen specific skills and improve overall consistency. This is a structured, high-rep training environment where players can work on targeted areas of their game with direct feedback from a coach.
Each session is adaptable based on player needs, allowing for personalized corrections, repetition-based learning, and guided improvement in key shot categories.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players with a 2.5-3.0 suggested DUPR who are comfortable with basic gameplay and are ready to refine technique and build consistency.
Players should understand scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, drops, and returns. This is ideal for players looking to clean up mechanics and develop more reliable execution under pressure.
How Games Run
* Coach-led “office hours” style drill session with Coach Martin.
* Focus on targeted skill development based on player needs.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* High-repetition drilling with immediate feedback and correction.
* Mix of structured drills and live-ball situational practice.
* Players may rotate through stations or focused drill groups depending on session focus.
This is a development-focused session designed to isolate specific skills and accelerate improvement through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballWho Should Join
This clinic is perfect for complete beginners or anyone who's only played a handful of times. No experience necessary, just bring comfortable athletic clothes and court shoes. We'll provide the paddles and balls.
What You'll Learn
We'll cover all the fundamentals to get you playing confidently: basic rules and scoring, proper grip and paddle positioning, serving and returning, groundstrokes from the baseline, and an introduction to the kitchen (non-volley zone). By the end of the session, you'll understand the flow of the game and be ready to jump into open play.
Clinic Structure
The session combines brief demonstrations, guided drilling, and live play so you can immediately apply what you're learning. Our coach keeps things fun and low-pressure while making sure you walk away with a solid foundation.
What to Bring
Athletic shoes, water, and a positive attitude. Paddles are provided, but feel free to bring your own if you have one.
Questions?
Email [email protected] or message Shaggy directly in the PodPlay community chat.
Beginner Drill for 60, Play for 30 Coach GuidedBeginner Drill for 60, Play for 30 Coach Guided
Spend the first hour in structured, coach-led drilling designed to sharpen your game. You'll work through consistency, shot placement, team communication, and live-point patterns alongside your crew in a focused, high-rep environment.
The second hour is all open play. Take everything you just drilled and put it to the test in real matchups, rotating partners, and relaxed competitive flow.
It's the ideal format for players who want purposeful practice without sacrificing the fun: competitive, social, and built to make you better.
Lounge Access: Feel free to hangout and enjoy the off-court facility for the same duration as your reservation.
Check-In: Please arrive on time so we can begin promptly and check-in when entering the building. Late fees may apply for those who arrive more than 10 min late.
Cleanliness Policy: At Velto we want you to feel at home, so we ask you to please treat it as such. We have made sure to make Velto a place where you can relax and have fun at the same time. So please avoid leaving the balls and trash scattered around the facility after your session. There are ball baskets and trash bins around the courts and lounges for your convenience.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund when you cancel 12+ hours before the start of your session.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a minimum of 3 players 2 hours before the event start time. You will not be charged and will receive a notice of the cancellation via email.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic - Women's Path to 4.0 with Coach AllenClinic Series (6 classes) - Path to 4.0 Level 1
This clinic series is designed for players who currently play at an Intermediate capability and are seeking the skills to progress to the 4.0 level. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 201 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior t
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Skills & DrillsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner / Low Intermediate level (2.5-3.2)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is designed for players ages 10–17, whether they're picking up a paddle for the first time or already have experience on the court. Players will be grouped by age and skill level to ensure everyone is challenged and having fun.
Newer players will learn the fundamentals of pickleball, including the rules, scoring, basic techniques, and court positioning, before jumping into fun, carnival-style mini games and supervised match play.
More experienced players will dive into live drills, competitive mini games, coached open play, and fast-paced live ball games that keep everyone active while developing strategy, consistency, and confidence.
Throughout the week, all players will receive personalized coaching and expert tips designed to help them improve quickly and build confidence on the court.
Every day of camp features a new mix of games, drills, challenges, and activities, so there's always something fresh, exciting, and fun to look forward to. We'll wrap up the week with a tournament and skills challenge, giving players the chance to showcase everything they've learned and celebrate the progress they've made.
Above all, the Junior Academy is a chance for kids to discover pickleball, improve their game, make new friends, and have an awesome time at Velto.
As a thank you for joining us, every participant will receive a special surprise to celebrate being part of Velto's very first Junior Academy!
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to Pickleball with Coach SzeIntro to Pickleball
$40
*GREENPOINT RESIDENTS PLAY FREE WITH VALID ID*
Session will be refunded as club credit for Greenpoint residents
Share This Event Link To Friends And Join Together: https://app.courtreserve.com/Online/Events/Public/17550/2124319
Description
Curious about pickleball? This small group, beginner-friendly clinic is the perfect place to start. Led by Coach Sze, this introductory session is designed for players with little to no pickleball experience and provides a fun, supportive environment to learn the fundamentals of the fastest-growing sport in the country.
Players will be introduced to the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, and essential shots needed to start playing with confidence. No prior experience is required.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed specifically for brand-new players and beginners. If you've never played pickleball before, have only played a few times, or are looking for a structured introduction to the game, this session is for you.
No pickleball experience is necessary, and all questions are welcome.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring demonstrations, skill-building drills, and guided gameplay.
* Coach Lynn will introduce the core fundamentals of pickleball.
* Learn serving, returning, dinking, volleying, scoring, and court positioning.
* Participate in skill-building drills designed for beginners.
* Practice each skill before applying it in beginner-friendly games.
* Receive instruction, feedback, and guidance throughout the session.
* Paddles will be provided for all participants.
Simply show up ready to learn, improve, and have fun.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear and clean court shoes. Paddles and balls will be provided for this session. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
4 Week Advanced Beginners ClinicThis 4-week clinic series is for Advanced Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1. How to forehand/backhand dink
Week 2. How to hit a 3rd shot drop/drive
Week 3. How to volly back and forth.
Week 4. Blocking the 3rd shot drive and countering when in hands battles
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot make a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Ready, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach SzeReady, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach Sze
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Join Coach Sze for a small-group clinic designed for newer players who are starting to feel comfortable with the basics and are ready to level up their game. This session focuses on practical skills, simple strategy improvements, and key habits that help beginners transition into more confident, consistent players.
Players will receive hands-on guidance, live feedback, and targeted instruction to help improve shot execution, court awareness, and overall decision-making.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for advanced beginners who already understand the basic rules of pickleball and have some experience playing full games.
You should be comfortable with scoring and able to sustain short rallies. This session is ideal if you're ready to move beyond just “getting the ball in” and start learning how to play with more control, intention, and consistency.
If you are brand new to pickleball, a beginner intro clinic may be a better starting point.
How Games Run
* Small-group clinic format led by Coach Sze.
* Focus on drills, live-ball repetition, and guided gameplay.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on improving core skills such as dinking, serving consistency, return of serve, and basic positioning.
* Coach Sze will provide real-time corrections, tips, and simple tactical guidance throughout the session.
* Players will rotate frequently through drill stations and point-play scenarios.
This is a development-focused session designed to build confidence and reinforce strong fundamentals through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3.5+ Drills and Dinks Session By ArthurDinking & Drills
Members FREE | Non-Members $20
Description
Join Player Advisor Arthur for a focused skill-building session featuring drills and other targeted training exercises designed to improve specific areas of your pickleball game. This session blends structured repetition with live-ball scenarios to help players build consistency, improve decision-making, and strengthen key technical skills.
Each session will emphasize intentional practice through high-rep drills and situational play, giving players clear feedback points and actionable improvements they can take into match play.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players at a 3.5+ skill level who are comfortable with intermediate pickleball fundamentals and are ready to refine technique, improve shot quality, and develop more consistent execution under pressure.
Players should be familiar with scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, and returns.
How Games Run
* Skill-focused drill session led by Player Advisor Arthur.
* Rotating drills and additional targeted skill exercises.
* Maximum 4 players per court.
* Emphasis on repetition, controlled practice, and situational live-ball scenarios.
* Players will rotate frequently to maximize reps and feedback opportunities.
This session is designed to help players build consistency and translate skills into match play.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 8+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Drop into Coach Martin’s Office Hours for a focused beginner drill session designed to help players sharpen specific skills and improve overall consistency. This is a structured, high-rep training environment where players can work on targeted areas of their game with direct feedback from a coach.
Each session is adaptable based on player needs, allowing for personalized corrections, repetition-based learning, and guided improvement in key shot categories.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players with a 2.5-3.0 suggested DUPR who are comfortable with basic gameplay and are ready to refine technique and build consistency.
Players should understand scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, drops, and returns. This is ideal for players looking to clean up mechanics and develop more reliable execution under pressure.
How Games Run
* Coach-led “office hours” style drill session with Coach Martin.
* Focus on targeted skill development based on player needs.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* High-repetition drilling with immediate feedback and correction.
* Mix of structured drills and live-ball situational practice.
* Players may rotate through stations or focused drill groups depending on session focus.
This is a development-focused session designed to isolate specific skills and accelerate improvement through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic - Women's Path to 4.0 with Coach AllenClinic Series (6 classes) - Path to 4.0 Level 1
This clinic series is designed for players who currently play at an Intermediate capability and are seeking the skills to progress to the 4.0 level. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 201 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior t
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Intro to Pickleball with Coach SzeIntro to Pickleball
$40
*GREENPOINT RESIDENTS PLAY FREE WITH VALID ID*
Session will be refunded as club credit for Greenpoint residents
Share This Event Link To Friends And Join Together: https://app.courtreserve.com/Online/Events/Public/17550/2124319
Description
Curious about pickleball? This small group, beginner-friendly clinic is the perfect place to start. Led by Coach Sze, this introductory session is designed for players with little to no pickleball experience and provides a fun, supportive environment to learn the fundamentals of the fastest-growing sport in the country.
Players will be introduced to the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, and essential shots needed to start playing with confidence. No prior experience is required.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed specifically for brand-new players and beginners. If you've never played pickleball before, have only played a few times, or are looking for a structured introduction to the game, this session is for you.
No pickleball experience is necessary, and all questions are welcome.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring demonstrations, skill-building drills, and guided gameplay.
* Coach Lynn will introduce the core fundamentals of pickleball.
* Learn serving, returning, dinking, volleying, scoring, and court positioning.
* Participate in skill-building drills designed for beginners.
* Practice each skill before applying it in beginner-friendly games.
* Receive instruction, feedback, and guidance throughout the session.
* Paddles will be provided for all participants.
Simply show up ready to learn, improve, and have fun.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear and clean court shoes. Paddles and balls will be provided for this session. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Ready, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach SzeReady, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach Sze
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Join Coach Sze for a small-group clinic designed for newer players who are starting to feel comfortable with the basics and are ready to level up their game. This session focuses on practical skills, simple strategy improvements, and key habits that help beginners transition into more confident, consistent players.
Players will receive hands-on guidance, live feedback, and targeted instruction to help improve shot execution, court awareness, and overall decision-making.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for advanced beginners who already understand the basic rules of pickleball and have some experience playing full games.
You should be comfortable with scoring and able to sustain short rallies. This session is ideal if you're ready to move beyond just “getting the ball in” and start learning how to play with more control, intention, and consistency.
If you are brand new to pickleball, a beginner intro clinic may be a better starting point.
How Games Run
* Small-group clinic format led by Coach Sze.
* Focus on drills, live-ball repetition, and guided gameplay.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on improving core skills such as dinking, serving consistency, return of serve, and basic positioning.
* Coach Sze will provide real-time corrections, tips, and simple tactical guidance throughout the session.
* Players will rotate frequently through drill stations and point-play scenarios.
This is a development-focused session designed to build confidence and reinforce strong fundamentals through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3.5+ Drills and Dinks Session By ArthurDinking & Drills
Members FREE | Non-Members $20
Description
Join Player Advisor Arthur for a focused skill-building session featuring drills and other targeted training exercises designed to improve specific areas of your pickleball game. This session blends structured repetition with live-ball scenarios to help players build consistency, improve decision-making, and strengthen key technical skills.
Each session will emphasize intentional practice through high-rep drills and situational play, giving players clear feedback points and actionable improvements they can take into match play.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players at a 3.5+ skill level who are comfortable with intermediate pickleball fundamentals and are ready to refine technique, improve shot quality, and develop more consistent execution under pressure.
Players should be familiar with scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, and returns.
How Games Run
* Skill-focused drill session led by Player Advisor Arthur.
* Rotating drills and additional targeted skill exercises.
* Maximum 4 players per court.
* Emphasis on repetition, controlled practice, and situational live-ball scenarios.
* Players will rotate frequently to maximize reps and feedback opportunities.
This session is designed to help players build consistency and translate skills into match play.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 8+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Drop into Coach Martin’s Office Hours for a focused beginner drill session designed to help players sharpen specific skills and improve overall consistency. This is a structured, high-rep training environment where players can work on targeted areas of their game with direct feedback from a coach.
Each session is adaptable based on player needs, allowing for personalized corrections, repetition-based learning, and guided improvement in key shot categories.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players with a 2.5-3.0 suggested DUPR who are comfortable with basic gameplay and are ready to refine technique and build consistency.
Players should understand scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, drops, and returns. This is ideal for players looking to clean up mechanics and develop more reliable execution under pressure.
How Games Run
* Coach-led “office hours” style drill session with Coach Martin.
* Focus on targeted skill development based on player needs.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* High-repetition drilling with immediate feedback and correction.
* Mix of structured drills and live-ball situational practice.
* Players may rotate through stations or focused drill groups depending on session focus.
This is a development-focused session designed to isolate specific skills and accelerate improvement through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intermediate/Advanced 1/1 with James 4.8 rated DUPR instructorCome Learn with Our Instructor James Cannizzaro A 4.8 DUPR rated Player
* First He Will Evaluate You
Then See what you need to work on to get to the next level.
you Could be going over Drives, Dinks, Resets, Transitioning whatever it takes each person is different
far as the progression and what level you are at but Coach James will make
everything a Smooth and easy learning Experience for any level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
If event does not full of 3 participants, it will be cancelled.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to Pickleball with Coach SzeIntro to Pickleball
$40
*GREENPOINT RESIDENTS PLAY FREE WITH VALID ID*
Session will be refunded as club credit for Greenpoint residents
Share This Event Link To Friends And Join Together: https://app.courtreserve.com/Online/Events/Public/17550/2124319
Description
Curious about pickleball? This small group, beginner-friendly clinic is the perfect place to start. Led by Coach Sze, this introductory session is designed for players with little to no pickleball experience and provides a fun, supportive environment to learn the fundamentals of the fastest-growing sport in the country.
Players will be introduced to the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, and essential shots needed to start playing with confidence. No prior experience is required.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed specifically for brand-new players and beginners. If you've never played pickleball before, have only played a few times, or are looking for a structured introduction to the game, this session is for you.
No pickleball experience is necessary, and all questions are welcome.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring demonstrations, skill-building drills, and guided gameplay.
* Coach Lynn will introduce the core fundamentals of pickleball.
* Learn serving, returning, dinking, volleying, scoring, and court positioning.
* Participate in skill-building drills designed for beginners.
* Practice each skill before applying it in beginner-friendly games.
* Receive instruction, feedback, and guidance throughout the session.
* Paddles will be provided for all participants.
Simply show up ready to learn, improve, and have fun.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear and clean court shoes. Paddles and balls will be provided for this session. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Ready, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach SzeReady, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach Sze
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Join Coach Sze for a small-group clinic designed for newer players who are starting to feel comfortable with the basics and are ready to level up their game. This session focuses on practical skills, simple strategy improvements, and key habits that help beginners transition into more confident, consistent players.
Players will receive hands-on guidance, live feedback, and targeted instruction to help improve shot execution, court awareness, and overall decision-making.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for advanced beginners who already understand the basic rules of pickleball and have some experience playing full games.
You should be comfortable with scoring and able to sustain short rallies. This session is ideal if you're ready to move beyond just “getting the ball in” and start learning how to play with more control, intention, and consistency.
If you are brand new to pickleball, a beginner intro clinic may be a better starting point.
How Games Run
* Small-group clinic format led by Coach Sze.
* Focus on drills, live-ball repetition, and guided gameplay.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on improving core skills such as dinking, serving consistency, return of serve, and basic positioning.
* Coach Sze will provide real-time corrections, tips, and simple tactical guidance throughout the session.
* Players will rotate frequently through drill stations and point-play scenarios.
This is a development-focused session designed to build confidence and reinforce strong fundamentals through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3.5+ Drills and Dinks Session By ArthurDinking & Drills
Members FREE | Non-Members $20
Description
Join Player Advisor Arthur for a focused skill-building session featuring drills and other targeted training exercises designed to improve specific areas of your pickleball game. This session blends structured repetition with live-ball scenarios to help players build consistency, improve decision-making, and strengthen key technical skills.
Each session will emphasize intentional practice through high-rep drills and situational play, giving players clear feedback points and actionable improvements they can take into match play.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players at a 3.5+ skill level who are comfortable with intermediate pickleball fundamentals and are ready to refine technique, improve shot quality, and develop more consistent execution under pressure.
Players should be familiar with scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, and returns.
How Games Run
* Skill-focused drill session led by Player Advisor Arthur.
* Rotating drills and additional targeted skill exercises.
* Maximum 4 players per court.
* Emphasis on repetition, controlled practice, and situational live-ball scenarios.
* Players will rotate frequently to maximize reps and feedback opportunities.
This session is designed to help players build consistency and translate skills into match play.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 8+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Drop into Coach Martin’s Office Hours for a focused beginner drill session designed to help players sharpen specific skills and improve overall consistency. This is a structured, high-rep training environment where players can work on targeted areas of their game with direct feedback from a coach.
Each session is adaptable based on player needs, allowing for personalized corrections, repetition-based learning, and guided improvement in key shot categories.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players with a 2.5-3.0 suggested DUPR who are comfortable with basic gameplay and are ready to refine technique and build consistency.
Players should understand scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, drops, and returns. This is ideal for players looking to clean up mechanics and develop more reliable execution under pressure.
How Games Run
* Coach-led “office hours” style drill session with Coach Martin.
* Focus on targeted skill development based on player needs.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* High-repetition drilling with immediate feedback and correction.
* Mix of structured drills and live-ball situational practice.
* Players may rotate through stations or focused drill groups depending on session focus.
This is a development-focused session designed to isolate specific skills and accelerate improvement through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intermediate/Advanced 1/1 with James 4.8 rated DUPR instructorCome Learn with Our Instructor James Cannizzaro A 4.8 DUPR rated Player
* First He Will Evaluate You
Then See what you need to work on to get to the next level.
you Could be going over Drives, Dinks, Resets, Transitioning whatever it takes each person is different
far as the progression and what level you are at but Coach James will make
everything a Smooth and easy learning Experience for any level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
If event does not full of 3 participants, it will be cancelled.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to Pickleball with Coach SzeIntro to Pickleball
$40
*GREENPOINT RESIDENTS PLAY FREE WITH VALID ID*
Session will be refunded as club credit for Greenpoint residents
Share This Event Link To Friends And Join Together: https://app.courtreserve.com/Online/Events/Public/17550/2124319
Description
Curious about pickleball? This small group, beginner-friendly clinic is the perfect place to start. Led by Coach Sze, this introductory session is designed for players with little to no pickleball experience and provides a fun, supportive environment to learn the fundamentals of the fastest-growing sport in the country.
Players will be introduced to the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, and essential shots needed to start playing with confidence. No prior experience is required.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed specifically for brand-new players and beginners. If you've never played pickleball before, have only played a few times, or are looking for a structured introduction to the game, this session is for you.
No pickleball experience is necessary, and all questions are welcome.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring demonstrations, skill-building drills, and guided gameplay.
* Coach Lynn will introduce the core fundamentals of pickleball.
* Learn serving, returning, dinking, volleying, scoring, and court positioning.
* Participate in skill-building drills designed for beginners.
* Practice each skill before applying it in beginner-friendly games.
* Receive instruction, feedback, and guidance throughout the session.
* Paddles will be provided for all participants.
Simply show up ready to learn, improve, and have fun.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear and clean court shoes. Paddles and balls will be provided for this session. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Ready, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach SzeReady, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach Sze
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Join Coach Sze for a small-group clinic designed for newer players who are starting to feel comfortable with the basics and are ready to level up their game. This session focuses on practical skills, simple strategy improvements, and key habits that help beginners transition into more confident, consistent players.
Players will receive hands-on guidance, live feedback, and targeted instruction to help improve shot execution, court awareness, and overall decision-making.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for advanced beginners who already understand the basic rules of pickleball and have some experience playing full games.
You should be comfortable with scoring and able to sustain short rallies. This session is ideal if you're ready to move beyond just “getting the ball in” and start learning how to play with more control, intention, and consistency.
If you are brand new to pickleball, a beginner intro clinic may be a better starting point.
How Games Run
* Small-group clinic format led by Coach Sze.
* Focus on drills, live-ball repetition, and guided gameplay.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on improving core skills such as dinking, serving consistency, return of serve, and basic positioning.
* Coach Sze will provide real-time corrections, tips, and simple tactical guidance throughout the session.
* Players will rotate frequently through drill stations and point-play scenarios.
This is a development-focused session designed to build confidence and reinforce strong fundamentals through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3.5+ Drills and Dinks Session By ArthurDinking & Drills
Members FREE | Non-Members $20
Description
Join Player Advisor Arthur for a focused skill-building session featuring drills and other targeted training exercises designed to improve specific areas of your pickleball game. This session blends structured repetition with live-ball scenarios to help players build consistency, improve decision-making, and strengthen key technical skills.
Each session will emphasize intentional practice through high-rep drills and situational play, giving players clear feedback points and actionable improvements they can take into match play.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players at a 3.5+ skill level who are comfortable with intermediate pickleball fundamentals and are ready to refine technique, improve shot quality, and develop more consistent execution under pressure.
Players should be familiar with scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, and returns.
How Games Run
* Skill-focused drill session led by Player Advisor Arthur.
* Rotating drills and additional targeted skill exercises.
* Maximum 4 players per court.
* Emphasis on repetition, controlled practice, and situational live-ball scenarios.
* Players will rotate frequently to maximize reps and feedback opportunities.
This session is designed to help players build consistency and translate skills into match play.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 8+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Drop into Coach Martin’s Office Hours for a focused beginner drill session designed to help players sharpen specific skills and improve overall consistency. This is a structured, high-rep training environment where players can work on targeted areas of their game with direct feedback from a coach.
Each session is adaptable based on player needs, allowing for personalized corrections, repetition-based learning, and guided improvement in key shot categories.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players with a 2.5-3.0 suggested DUPR who are comfortable with basic gameplay and are ready to refine technique and build consistency.
Players should understand scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, drops, and returns. This is ideal for players looking to clean up mechanics and develop more reliable execution under pressure.
How Games Run
* Coach-led “office hours” style drill session with Coach Martin.
* Focus on targeted skill development based on player needs.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* High-repetition drilling with immediate feedback and correction.
* Mix of structured drills and live-ball situational practice.
* Players may rotate through stations or focused drill groups depending on session focus.
This is a development-focused session designed to isolate specific skills and accelerate improvement through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intermediate/Advanced 1/1 with James 4.8 rated DUPR instructorCome Learn with Our Instructor James Cannizzaro A 4.8 DUPR rated Player
* First He Will Evaluate You
Then See what you need to work on to get to the next level.
you Could be going over Drives, Dinks, Resets, Transitioning whatever it takes each person is different
far as the progression and what level you are at but Coach James will make
everything a Smooth and easy learning Experience for any level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
If event does not full of 3 participants, it will be cancelled.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Kids Summer Pickleball Camp | Week 10IPX Brooklyn Summer Pickleball Camp
$499/week | Special Promotion: $449/week
Weekly sessions beginning June 29, 2026, through September 4, 2026
Description
Keep your kids active, learning, and having fun this summer at IPX Brooklyn Summer Pickleball Camp! Designed for ages 8–13, our 3-hour morning camp combines professional coaching, engaging games, and skill-building activities in a safe, welcoming environment.
Whether your child is picking up a paddle for the first time or already loves the game, our experienced coaches will group players appropriately and help each camper build confidence, improve fundamentals, and enjoy plenty of on-court action. Every day includes a mix of instruction, drills, team challenges, and fun pickleball games that keep campers engaged while developing athletic skills and sportsmanship.
Hosted inside our fully indoor, climate-controlled facility, campers can stay comfortable regardless of the weather while enjoying premium courts and a community-focused atmosphere. Our goal is to help every child make new friends, stay active, and leave each day excited to come back.
Best Fit for This Camp
This camp is open to children ages 8–13 of all experience levels. Whether they're looking to learn the basics, improve their skills, or simply have an active and fun summer experience, our coaches will tailor activities to each player's ability.
What to Expect
3-hour morning camp led by professional coaches
Weekly sessions from June 29 through September 4
Instruction, drills, games, and friendly competitions
Skill development for beginners through experienced players
Fun, inclusive, and community-focused environment
Indoor, climate-controlled courts
Water provided throughout the day
Campers may remain in our event lounge until 12:30 PM for pickup supervision
What to Bring
Please bring:
Athletic clothing
Clean court shoes
A paddle (limited rentals may be available if needed)
A packed snack or lunch and any additional beverages you'd like
Water will be provided throughout the camp.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 7 or more days before the start of camp will receive a full refund as account credit. Cancellations made within 7 days of the camp start date are non-refundable.
If IPX cancels a camp session for any reason, refunds will be issued to the original payment method within 3–5 business days.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 11 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Summer Camp Week 11 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.